跳转到内容

模块:Citation/CS1:修订间差异

来自大巴扎百科
imported>Liangent
Liangent移动页面模块:Citation/CS1/Sandbox模块:Citation/CS1,不留重定向
imported>Liangent
取消Liangent对话)的编辑;更改回的最后一个版本
第1行: 第1行:
local z = {
local z = {
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
error_categories = {};
error_ids = {};
error_ids = {};
message_tail = {};
message_tail = {};
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}
}


第14行: 第11行:
-- END LOCAL
-- END LOCAL


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
-- Whether variable is set or not
]]
local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation
 
]]
function is_set( var )
function is_set( var )
return not (var == nil or var == '');
return not (var == nil or var == '');
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
-- First set variable or nil if none
 
function first_set(...)
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
local list = {...};
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.
for _, var in pairs(list) do
 
if is_set( var ) then
This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs
return var;
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.
 
]]
 
local function first_set (list, count)
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------
-- Whether needle is in haystack
 
function inArray( needle, haystack )
Whether needle is in haystack
 
]]
 
local function in_array( needle, haystack )
if needle == nil then
if needle == nil then
return false;
return false;
第70行: 第39行:
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[
 
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  Because deprecated parameters (currently |day=, |month=,
Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
 
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
]]
]]
function deprecated_parameter()
if true ~= Page_in_deprecated_cat then -- if we haven't been here before then set a
Page_in_deprecated_cat=true; -- sticky flag so that if there are more than one deprecated parameter the category is added only once
-- table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'deprecated_params', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'deprecated_params', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end


local function substitute( msg, args )
-- Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
function substitute( msg, args )
-- return args and tostring( mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ) ) or msg;
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------
--[[
 
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
This function will positive kern  either single or double quotes:
 
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
]]
]]
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
function kern_quotes (str)
return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
local left='<span style="padding-left:0.2em;">%1</span>'; -- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark
end
local right='<span style="padding-right:0.2em;">%1</span>'; -- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark
if  str:match ("^[\"\'][^\']") then
str = string.gsub( str, "^[\"\']", left, 1 ); -- replace (captured) leading single or double quote with left-side <span>
end
if str:match ("[^\'][\"\']$") then
str = string.gsub( str, "[\"\']$", right, 1 ); -- replace (captured) trailing single or double quote with right-side <span>
end
return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------
-- Wraps a string using a message_list configuration taking one argument
 
function wrap( key, str, lower )
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message. The actual placement of the error message in the output is
if not is_set( str ) then
the responsibility of the calling function.
return "";
elseif inArray( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
str = safeforitalics( str );
end
if lower == true then
return substitute( cfg.messages[key]:lower(), {str} );
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
end
end


--[[
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
]]
]]
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
function argument_wrapper( args )
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
local origin = {};
prefix = prefix or "";
return setmetatable({
suffix = suffix or "";
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
if error_state == nil then
return origin[k];
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
end
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
},
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
{
end
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if origin[k] ~= nil then
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
return nil;
end
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
if type( list ) == 'table' then
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
v, origin[k] = selectone( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
if origin[k] == nil then
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
return '', false;
end
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
if raw == true then
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
return message, error_state.hidden;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
end
return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------
--[[
 
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maintenance_cats.


Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
]]
 
function validate( name )
local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maintenance_cats
local name = tostring( name );
local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
if not added_maint_cats [key] then
added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
-- Normal arguments
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
-- Arguments with numbers in them
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
-- Formats a comment for error trapping
 
function errorcomment( content, hidden )
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
return wrap( hidden and 'hidden-error' or 'visible-error', content );
 
]]
 
local added_prop_cats = {} -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
--[[
 
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message. The actual placement
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
of the error message in the output is the responsibility of the calling function.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
 
]]
]]
 
function seterror( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
local added_vanc_errs; -- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
local function add_vanc_error ()
if not added_vanc_errs then
prefix = prefix or "";
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
suffix = suffix or "";
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
end
if error_state == nil then
end
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
 
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
 
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
 
returns true if it does, else false
 
]]
 
local function is_scheme (scheme)
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
 
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
 
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Single character names are not allowed.
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
 
There are three tests: the first is looking for a hostname that is 2 to n letters or digits followed by a dot and a
letter (tld); the second looks for a hostname that is 3 to n characters where the first and last are letters or
digits and the middle characters are letters, digits, or the hyphen; the whole followed by a dot and a letter or digit.
The third test is for IPv4 dot-decimal address format; tld not allowed.
 
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
 
]]
 
local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
if domain:match ('^[%a%d][%a%d]+%.%a') then -- two character hostname and tld
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
return true;
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
elseif domain:match ('^[%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.[%a%d]') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
return true;
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
return true;
if inArray( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
else
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
return false;
return '', false;
end
end
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
if raw == true then
return message, error_state.hidden;
end
return errorcomment( message, error_state.hidden );
end
end


-- Formats a wiki style external link
function externallinkid(options)
local url_string = options.id;
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
end
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Formats a wiki style internal link
 
function internallinkid(options)
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
 
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
wikilinks.
);
end


]]
-- Format an external link with error checking
 
function externallink( URL, label, source )
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
local error_str = "";
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
if not is_set( label ) then
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
label = URL;
else
if is_set( source ) then
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
error_str = seterror( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap( 'parameter', source ) }, false, " " );
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
if not checkurl( URL ) then
error_str = seterror( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
end
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safeforurl( label ), "]", error_str });
end
end


 
-- Formats a link to Amazon
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
function amazon(id, domain)
 
if not is_set(domain) then  
Split a url into a scheme and domain pair and return both parts.  If protocol relative url, return nil for scheme
domain = "com"
and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
elseif ( "jp" == domain or "uk" == domain ) then
 
domain = "co." .. domain
]]
 
local function split_url (url_str)
local scheme, domain;
if url_str:match ('%S-:%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme domain pair
scheme, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme and domain portions
elseif url_str:match ('//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
domain = url_str:match ('//(%S*)')
end
end
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
return scheme, domain;
return externallinkid({link = handler.link,
label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id,
encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator})
end
end


 
--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
 
See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
 
format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
# < > [ ] | { } _
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls
where:
 
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
 
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
<number> is a three-digit number
 
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
]]
 
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
local function link_param_ok (value)
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
local scheme, domain;
where:
if value:find ('[#<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
return false;
<number> is a four-digit number
end
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;  
the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
end
where:
 
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
 
<number> is a five-digit number
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
 
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_scheme() and is_domain() to
validate the two portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
 
]]
]]
 
local function check_url( url_str )
function arxiv (id, class)
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
return false;
local year, month, version;
end
local err_cat = '';
local scheme, domain;
local text;
 
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;  
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
end
year = tonumber(year);
 
month = tonumber(month);
 
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
 
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
end
characters following the opening bracket obey the rules of a uri scheme (see check_url()).  The test will also find
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
 
year = tonumber(year);
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
month = tonumber(month);
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, and
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
|work=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
 
end
]=]
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
 
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
year = tonumber(year);
local scheme, domain;
month = tonumber(month);
 
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
scheme, domain = value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:)(%S.*)%]')
end
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S*%.%S*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
domain = value:match ('%f[%[]%[//(%S*%.%S*)%]');
else
else
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
end
end
 
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
if is_set (class) then
class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
else
class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return text .. class;
end
end


--[[
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]


loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.
function normalize_lccn (lccn)
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace


]]
if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
 
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
end
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
end
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end


local prefix
local suffix
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------
if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
end
return lccn;
end


Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/


Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
length = 8 then all digits
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
length = 9 then lccn[1] is alpha
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both alpha


]]
]]
function lccn(lccn)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn


local function safe_for_italics( str )
id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
if not is_set(str) then
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn
return str;
else
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
if 8 == len then
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
if nil == id:match("%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%a%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%a%a%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%a%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
end


Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
end


]]
return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
 
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
local function safe_for_url( str )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
end
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
['['] = '&#91;',
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[
 
Format PMID and do simple error checkingPMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting upThis code checks the PMID to see that it
Applies styling to various parametersSupplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
argument; protects italic styled parametersAdditional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().
 
]]
]]
 
function pmid(id)
local function wrap_style (key, str)
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
if not is_set( str ) then
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
return "";
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
str = safe_for_italics( str );
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
else -- PMID is only digits
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
end
end
end
 
return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
--[[
 
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
Format an external link with error checking
in the future, returns true; otherwise, returns false because the embargo has expired or |embargo= not set in this cite.
 
]]
]]
 
function is_embargoed(embargo)
local function external_link( URL, label, source )
if is_set(embargo) then
local error_str = "";
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
if not is_set( label ) then
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
label = URL;
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
if is_set( source ) then
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
if good1 and good2 and tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then --is embargo date is in the future?
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
return true; -- still embargoed
end
end
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
return false; -- embargo expired or |embargo= not set
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------
--[[
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.


Formats a wiki style external link
The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future
the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article.  If the embargo specifies a date in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then
the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.


PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
]]
]]
function pmc(id, embargo)
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
local text;


local function external_link_id(options)
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
local url_string = options.id;
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
else -- PMC is only digits
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
end
end
end
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
if is_embargoed(embargo) then
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; --still embargoed so no external link
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
else
);
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, --no embargo date, ok to link to article
end
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
 
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.
 
]]
 
local page_in_deprecated_cat; -- sticky flag so that the category is added only once
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if not page_in_deprecated_cat then
page_in_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
return text;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.


Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
--  Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.


Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.


]]
-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.


local function kern_quotes (str)
function doi(id, inactive)
local cap='';
local cat = ""
local cap2='';
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
local text;
if is_set (cap) then
if is_set(inactive) then
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
end
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
 
if is_set(inactive_year) then
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
table.insert( z.error_categories, "" .. inactive_year .. "年DOI码失效的页面");
if is_set (cap) then
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
return str;
end
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
 
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.
 
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
 
|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
 
The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition.
 
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
 
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
 
local function format_script_value (script_value)
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not is_set (lang) then
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'he', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'mk', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
add_prop_cat ('script')
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
else
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
table.insert( z.error_categories, "DOI码失效的页面" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
end
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"
else
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
inactive = ""
end
end
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl


return script_value;
if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_doi' );
end
return text .. inactive .. cat
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
 
function openlibrary(id)
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
local code = id:sub(-1,-1)
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];
]]
if ( code == "A" ) then
 
return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
if is_set (script) then
encode = handler.encode})
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
if is_set (script) then
return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
end
encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
else
return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode}) ..  
' ' .. seterror( 'bad_ol' );
end
end
return title;
end
end


--[[
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
]]
function issn(id)
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
local text;
local valid_issn = true;


Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().


]]
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
 
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
else
if not is_set( str ) then
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
return "";
end
end
if true == lower then
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end


 
if true == valid_issn then
--[[-------------------------< I S _ A L I A S _ U S E D >-----------------------------------------------------
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
 
This function is used by select_one() to determine if one of a list of alias parameters is in the argument list
provided by the template.
 
Input:
args – pointer to the arguments table from calling template
alias – one of the list of possible aliases in the aliases lists from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
index – for enumerated parameters, identifies which one
enumerated – true/false flag used choose how enumerated aliases are examined
value – value associated with an alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
selected – the alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
error_list – list of aliases that are duplicates of the alias already selected
 
Returns:
value – value associated with alias we selected or that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected
selected – the alias we selected or the alias that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected
 
]]
 
local function is_alias_used (args, alias, index, enumerated, value, selected, error_list)
if enumerated then -- is this a test for an enumerated parameters?
alias = alias:gsub ('#', index); -- replace '#' with the value in index
else
else
alias = alias:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove '#' if it exists
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
end
end
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if false == valid_issn then
text = text .. ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text
end


if is_set(args[alias]) then -- alias is in the template's argument list
--[[
if value ~= nil and selected ~= alias then -- if we have already selected one of the aliases
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those citations that have defaults.
local skip;
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
for _, v in ipairs(error_list) do -- spin through the error list to see if we've added this alias
]]
if v == alias then
function set_titletype(cite_class, title_type)
skip = true;
if is_set(title_type) then
break; -- has been added so stop looking
if "none" == title_type then
end
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
if not skip then -- has not been added so
table.insert( error_list, alias ); -- add error alias to the error list
end
else
value = args[alias]; -- not yet selected an alias, so select this one
selected = alias;
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
end
return value, selected; -- return newly selected alias, or previously selected alias
end


if "AV-media-notes" == cite_class or "DVD-notes" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite AV media notes or cite DVD notes
return "Media notes"; -- display AV media notes / DVD media notes annotation


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------
elseif "podcast" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite podcast
return "Podcast"; -- display podcast annotation


Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider.  The list of parameters to consider is just
elseif "pressrelease" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite press release
names.  For parameters that may be enumerated, the position of the numerator in the parameter name is identified
return "Press release"; -- display press release annotation
by the '#' so |author-last1= and |author1-last= are represented as 'author-last#' and 'author#-last'.


Because enumerated parameter |<param>1= is an alias of |<param>= we must test for both possibilities.
elseif "techreport" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite techreport
return "Technical report"; -- display techreport annotation
elseif "thesis" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite thesis (degree option handled after this function returns)
return "Thesis"; -- display simple thesis annotation (without |degree= modification)
end
end


--[[
Determines whether a URL string is valid


Generates an error if more than one match is present.
At present the only check is whether the string appears to
 
be prefixed with a URI scheme. It is not determined whether
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well
formed.
]]
]]
function checkurl( url_str )
-- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil;
end


local function select_one( args, aliases_list, error_condition, index )
-- Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
local value = nil; -- the value assigned to the selected parameter
-- Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
local selected = ''; -- the name of the parameter we have chosen
function cleanisbn( isbn_str )
local error_list = {};
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end


if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
-- Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
--TODO: Fix so this code supports urls like this:
-- http://www.history.navy.mil/download/va125153.pdf#page=13 %w/:\.
function get_coins_pages (pages)
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
while true do
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
pattern = pattern:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
end
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
return pages;
end


for _, alias in ipairs( aliases_list ) do -- for each alias in the aliases list
--[[
if alias:match ('#') then -- if this alias can be enumerated
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in checkisbn().
if '1' == index then -- when index is 1 test for enumerated and non-enumerated aliases
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- first test for non-enumerated alias
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
end
]]
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, true, value, selected, error_list); -- test for enumerated alias
function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
local temp = 0;
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of bytes
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
else
else
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); --test for non-enumerated alias
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
end
end
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
end


if #error_list > 0 and 'none' ~= error_condition then -- for cases where this code is used outside of extract_names()
-- Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
local error_str = "";
function checkisbn( isbn_str )
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
local len = isbn_str:len();
end
if #error_list > 1 then
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
return false;
else
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
end
end
return value, selected;
end


 
if len == 10 then
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
 
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
 
]]
 
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes)
local chapter_error = '';
if not is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
else
if false == no_quotes then
local temp = 0;
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
isbn_str = { isbn_str:byte(1, len) };
for i, v in ipairs( isbn_str ) do
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );
end
end
return temp % 10 == 0;
end
end
end


chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
function removewikilink( str )
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
end));
end


if is_set (transchapter) then
-- Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
function safeforurl( str )
if is_set (chapter) then
do return str end -- LOCAL HACK https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Module_talk:Citation/CS1&diff=552318417&oldid=552202448
chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
chapter = transchapter; --
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
end
end
end
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
['['] = '&#91;',
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end


if is_set (chapterurl) then
-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
function hyphentodash( str )
end
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
 
return str;
return chapter .. chapter_error;
end
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end
end


 
-- Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
--[[
function safeforitalics( str )
Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument
--[[ Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that they will be inverted
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
(i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and ''
]]
tend to interact poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy. ]]
 
local function argument_wrapper( args )
local origin = {};
return setmetatable({
if not is_set(str) then
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
return str;
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
else
return origin[k];
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
end
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
},
{
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
__index = function ( tbl, k )
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
if origin[k] ~= nil then
end
return nil;
end
end
 
--[[
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
 
if type( list ) == 'table' then
TODO: safejoin() has a flaw where it won't remove the duplicate character from a |title= / |url= combination.
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
This is because by the time we get here, |title=http://somesite.com and |title=Document Title. have been combined:
if origin[k] == nil then
[http://somesite.com and ''Document Title.'']
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
so that now, the last character is not sepc but is ] (unless sepc == ']' which breaks the external link)
end
]]
elseif list ~= nil then
function safejoin( tbl, duplicate_char )
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
--[[
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
]]
local str = '';
local comp = '';
local end_chr = '';
local trim;
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if str == '' then
str = value;
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then
-- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );
else
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
comp = value;
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then
if v == nil then
trim = false;
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1);
origin[k] = '';
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"
if end_chr == duplicate_char then
str = str:sub(1,-2);
elseif end_chr == "'" then
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''";
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then
str = str:sub(1,-3);
end
end
 
if trim then
if value ~= comp then
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )
else
value = value:sub( 2, -1 );
end
end
end
end
str = str .. value;
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
end
return v;
end
end,
return str;
});
end 
 
-- Attempts to convert names to initials.
function reducetoinitials(first)
local initials = {}
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
for word in string.gmatch(first, "%S+") do
table.insert(initials, string.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
end


--[[
-- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
function listpeople(control, people)
 
local sep = control.sep;
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
local namesep = control.namesep
true - active, supported parameters
local format = control.format
false - deprecated, supported parameters
local maximum = control.maximum
nil - unsupported parameters
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
]]
local text = {}
 
local etal = false;
local function validate( name )
local name = tostring( name );
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
-- Normal arguments
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if maximum ~= nil and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
-- Arguments with numbers in them
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
if is_set(person.last) then
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
local mask = person.mask
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
local one
if false == state then
local sep_one = sep;
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
if maximum ~= nil and i > maximum then
return true;
etal = true;
break;
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
else
one = mask;
sep_one = " ";
end
else
one = person.last
local first = person.first
if is_set(first) then
if ( "vanc" == format ) then first = reducetoinitials(first) end
one = one .. namesep .. first
end
if is_set(person.link) then one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" end
if is_set(person.link) and nil ~= person.link:find("//") then one = one .. " " .. seterror( 'bad_authorlink' ) end -- check for url in author link;
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end
 
local count = #text / 2;
if count > 0 then  
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
text[#text-2] = " & ";
end
text[#text] = nil;  
end
end
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
end
if etal then
 
local etal_text = is_zh( result ) and cfg.messages['et al'] or '<i>et al</i>.'; -- LOCAL
 
result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
-- Formats a wiki style internal link
end
local function internal_link_id(options)
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
-- if necessary wrap result in <span> tag to format in Small Caps
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
if ( "scap" == format ) then result =
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
'<span class="smallcaps" style="font-variant:small-caps">' .. result .. '</span>';
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
end
);
return result, count
end
end


-- Generates a CITEREF anchor ID.
function anchorid( options )
return "CITEREF" .. table.concat( options );
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
--[[
Gets name list from the input arguments


When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
 
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.


This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
]]
]]
--Original function
function extractnames(args, list_name)
    local names = {};
    local i = 1;
    local last;
    while true do
        last = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
        if not is_set(last) then
            -- just in case someone passed in an empty parameter
            break;
        end
        names[i] = {
            last = last,
            first = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ),
            link = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ),
            mask = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i )
        };
        i = i + 1;
    end
    return names;
end


local function nowrap_date (date)
--[[ Broken.  Editor CITEREF IDs are broken by this code (no editor list). Author CITEREF ID render correctly
local cap='';
function extractnames(args, list_name)
local cap2='';
local names = {}; -- table of names
 
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
return date;
end


--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------
while true do
 
names[i] = -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
{
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
last = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ),
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
first = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ),
 
link = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ),
]]
mask = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i )
 
};
local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
if names[i].first and not names[i].last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
local temp = 0;
names[i].first = nil; -- set first to nil so we don't confuse the implicit et al message code
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
break; -- and done because lastn not found
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
elseif not names[i].first and not names[i].last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
if 2 == count then -- two missing names and we give up
else
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
end
else -- last with or without a first
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
end
i = i + 1; -- bump to the next name
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
return names; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end
]]




--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N  _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------
ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit.
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters.
]]


local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
local temp=0;
function extractids( args )
local id_list = {};
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do
v = selectone( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
end
end
return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct
return id_list;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------
-- Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
 
function buildidlist( id_list, options )
Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
local new_list, handler = {};
 
]]
function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
 
local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
-- fallback to read-only cfg
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
local len = isbn_str:len();
if handler.mode == 'external' then
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, externallinkid( handler ) } );
return false;
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internallinkid( handler ) } );
 
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
if len == 10 then
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
elseif k == 'DOI' then
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
else
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
local temp = 0;
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v ) } );
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979; ismn begins with 979
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str);
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );  
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'OL' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
elseif k == 'PMC' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
elseif k == 'PMID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
local ISBN = internallinkid( handler );
if not checkisbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
ISBN = ISBN .. seterror( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
else
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
end
end
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
return a[1] < b[1];
end
table.sort( new_list, comp );
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
new_list[k] = v[2];
end
end
return new_list;
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S M N >------------------------------------------------------------
-- Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
 
-- Generates an error if more than one match is present.
Determines whether an ISMN string is valid.  Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the
function selectone( args, possible, error_condition, index )
same check digit calculations.  See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
local value = nil;
section 2, pages 9–12.
local selected = '';
 
local error_list = {};
]]
 
if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
local function ismn (id)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISMN'];
-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
local text;
if index == '1' then
local valid_ismn = true;
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
 
v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn
if is_set(args[v]) then
 
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( "^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790
table.insert( error_list, v );
valid_ismn = false;
else
else
value = args[v];
valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ismn
selected = v;
end
end
end
end
end
-- text = internal_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
-- prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]" .. handler.separator .. id; -- because no place to link to yet
if false == valid_ismn then
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ismn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text;
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
end
if index ~= nil then
 
v = v:gsub( "#", index );
--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------
end
 
if is_set(args[v]) then
Validate and format an issn. This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:
table.insert( error_list, v );
 
else
|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
if #error_list > 0 then
local error_str = "";
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
error_str = error_str .. wrap( 'parameter', k );
end
if #error_list > 1 then
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
else
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
end
error_str = error_str .. wrap( 'parameter', selected );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
end
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
return value, selected;
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
end
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.


]]
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
 
-- the citation information.
local function issn(id)
function COinS(data)
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
return '';
local text;
end
local valid_issn = true;
 
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
 
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
else
if is_set(value) then
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( removewikilink( value ) ) } );
end
end
 
end
if true == valid_issn then
});
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
if is_set(data.Chapter) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Chapter;
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
else
else
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
end
end
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
if false == valid_issn then
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
end
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
return text
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
end
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
 
if k == 'ISBN' then value = cleanisbn( v ); else value = v; end
--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
 
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
else
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
end
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.
end
 
]]
local last, first;
 
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
local function amazon(id, domain)
last, first = v.last, v.first;
local err_cat = ""
if k == 1 then
 
if is_set(last) then
if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
end
else
if is_set(first) then  
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
end
end
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
end
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
end
end
end
end
if not is_set(domain) then
domain = "com";
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
domain = "co." .. domain;
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
domain = "com." .. domain;
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
end
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
return external_link_id({link=handler.link,
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
label=handler.label, prefix=handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
id=id, encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation
formatting.
]]
function citation0( config, args, frame ) -- LOCAL
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple
aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper( args );


See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier
local i
local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end


format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
-- LOCAL
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
local PSuffix = A['PSuffix']
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
local PPSuffix = A['PPSuffix']
where:
if ( nil ~= A['NoPP'] ) then PPSuffix = "" PSuffix = "" end
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
-- END LOCAL
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
<number> is a three-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
where:
local Authors = A['Authors'];
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
local a = extractnames( args, 'AuthorList' );
<number> is a four-digit number
 
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
local Others = A['Others'];
local Editors = A['Editors'];
local e = extractnames( args, 'EditorList' );


the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
local Year = A['Year'];
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
where:
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
local Date = A['Date'];
<number> is a five-digit number
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
]]
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
 
local Title = A['Title'];
local function arxiv (id, class)
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local year, month, version;
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local err_cat = '';
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local text;
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
 
local Series = A['Series'];
local Volume = A['Volume'];
local Issue = A['Issue'];
local Position = '';
local Page = A['Page'];
local Pages = hyphentodash( A['Pages'] );
local At = A['At'];
 
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local Place = A['Place'];
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
year = tonumber(year);
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
month = tonumber(month);
local Via = A['Via'];
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
local Agency = A['Agency'];
end
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
local Language = A['Language'];
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
local Format = A['Format'];
year = tonumber(year);
local Ref = A['Ref'];
month = tonumber(month);
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
local ID = A['ID'];
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
 
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
local ID_list = extractids( args );
year = tonumber(year);
--[[ Hide unfinished cite newsgroup code so that long delayed update can take place
month = tonumber(month);
-- special case for cite newsgroup which uses |id= for a usenet article or post id
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
-- |id= is not included in COinS so here we convert it to an ID that will be included in COinS
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
if ('newsgroup' == config.CitationClass) and (is_set (ID)) then
end
ID_list['USENETID']=ID; -- add this new 'id' to the list of IDs
else
ID = ''; -- and unset
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
end
end
]]
local Quote = A['Quote'];
local PostScript = A['PostScript'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');
local sepc = A['Separator'];


text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
 
--these are used by cite interview
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local City = A['City'];
local Cointerviewers = A['Cointerviewers']; -- deprecated
local Interviewer = A['Interviewer']; -- deprecated
local Program = A['Program'];
 
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local page_type; -- is this needed?  Doesn't appear to be used anywhere;
local use_lowercase = ( sepc ~= '.' );
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); --Also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date; -- used in the COinS metadata


if is_set (class) then
-- Set postscript default.
class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
if not is_set (PostScript) then -- if |postscript= has not been set (Postscript is nil which is the default for {{citation}}) and
if (config.CitationClass ~= "citation") then -- this template is not a citation template
PostScript = '.'; -- must be a cite xxx template so set postscript to default (period)
end
else
else
class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
if PostScript:lower() == 'none' then -- if |postscript=none then
PostScript = ''; -- no postscript
end
end
end
return text .. class;
end


--[[
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories.
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
if not is_set(no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
1. Remove all blanks.
for k, v in pairs( cfg.uncategorized_namespaces ) do -- otherwise, spin through the list of namespaces we don't include in error categories
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
if this_page.nsText == v then -- if we find one
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
a. Remove it.
break; -- and we're done
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
end
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
end
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.
end


Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters.
]]
if is_set(Page) then
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
Page = Page .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages'); -- add error message
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
At = '';
end
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(At) then
Pages = Pages .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages'); -- add error messages
At = ''; -- unset
end
end


local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
 
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
end
 
local prefix
local suffix
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix
 
if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
end
end
return lccn;
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
end
 
--[[
--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title


length = 8 then all digits
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha


All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
]]
]]
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) then
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = Periodical;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end


local function lccn(lccn)
--special cases for citation.
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
if (config.CitationClass == "citation") then -- for citation templates
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
if not is_set (Ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn
Ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
 
end
id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
if not is_set (sepc) then -- if |separator= is not set
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn
sepc = ','; -- set citation separator to its default (comma)
 
if 8 == len then
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
end
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
else -- not a citation template
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
if not is_set (sepc) then -- if |separator= has not been set
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
sepc = '.'; -- set cite xxx separator to its default (period)
end
end
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
end
end


if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
-- check for special case where |separator=none
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
if 'none' == sepc:lower() then -- if |separator=none
sepc = ''; -- then set it to an empty string
end
end


return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
-- Special case for cite techreport.
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
end
if is_set(Issue) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = Issue; -- yes, use it
Issue = ""; -- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
else -- can't use ID so emit error message
ID = ID .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
end
end
end


--[[
-- special case for cite interview
Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMID to see that it
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
if is_set(Program) then
]]
ID = ' ' .. Program;
 
end
local function pmid(id)
if is_set(Callsign) then
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
if is_set(ID) then
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
else
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
end
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
end
else -- PMID is only digits
if is_set(City) then
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if is_set(ID) then
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
else
ID = ' ' .. City;
end
end
end
end
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------
if is_set(Interviewer) then
 
if is_set(TitleType) then
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Interviewer;
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
TitleType = '';
|embargo= was not set in this cite.
 
]]
 
local function is_embargoed (embargo)
if is_set (embargo) then
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
return embargo; -- still embargoed
else
else
add_maint_cat ('embargo')
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Interviewer;
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
end
end
if is_set(Cointerviewers) then
Others = Others .. sepc .. ' ' .. Cointerviewers;
end
else
Others = '(Interview)';
end
end
end
end
return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string
end


--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------
--Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if not is_embargoed(Embargo) then
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
end
end


Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
--TODO: if this is only for {{cite conference}}, shouldn't we be checking? (if config.CitationClass=='conference' then ...)
if is_set(BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
ChapterLink = TitleLink;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
end


The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite episode}}, before generation of COinS data.
be linked to the article. If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
--[[ -- {{cite episode}} is not currently supported by this module
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.
if config.CitationClass == "episode" then
 
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link. Function is_embargoed ()
local Season = A['Season'];
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
 
local Network = A['Network'];
PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
local Station = A['Station'];
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
local s, n = {}, {};
local Sep = (first_set(A["SeriesSeparator"], A["Separator"]) or "") .. " ";
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["episode"] .. " " .. Issue); Issue = ''; end
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["season"] .. " " .. Season); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["series"] .. " " .. SeriesNumber); end
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
Date = Date or AirDate;
Chapter = Title;
ChapterLink = TitleLink;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = Series;
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
TransTitle = '';
Series = table.concat(s, Sep);
ID = table.concat(n, Sep);
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff]]
 
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |day=, |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
if not is_set(Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if is_set(Date) then
local Month = A['Month'];
if is_set(Month) then
-- LOCAL
if nil ~= string.find( frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true ) then
get_month_number = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox').get_month_number
else
get_month_number = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation').get_month_number
end
month_number = get_month_number(Month)
if month_number > 0 then
if month_number < 10 then
Month = '0' .. month_number
else
Month = month_number
end
else
Month = string.rep('0', 2 - #Month) .. Month
end
-- END LOCAL
Date = Date .. '-' .. Month; -- LOCAL
local Day = A['Day']
if is_set(Day) then Date = Date .. '-' .. string.rep('0', 2 - #Day) .. Day end -- LOCAL
end
elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end


]]
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation


local function pmc(id, embargo)
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
local text;


if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
--[[
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
else -- PMC is only digits
we get the date used in the metadata.
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
 
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
]]
end
anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['airdate']=AirDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});
if is_set(error_message) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end
if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; -- still embargoed so no external link
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
return text;
end


-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.


-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for
--  Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
-- automated parsing of citation information.
-- Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant
local OCinSoutput = COinS{
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Chapter'] = Chapter,
['Title'] = Title,
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date), -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here? Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Page, Pages, At)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
['Authors'] = a,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
};


-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
if is_set(Periodical) and not is_set(Chapter) and is_set(Title) then
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.
Chapter = Title;
 
ChapterLink = TitleLink;
-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
TransChapter = TransTitle;
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.
Title = '';
 
TitleLink = '';
local function doi(id, inactive)
TransTitle = '';
local cat = ""
end
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
--[[ Hide unfinished cite newsgroup code so that long delayed update can take place
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername and ID
local text;
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set(inactive) then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
PublisherName = '[Newsgroup]:&nbsp;' .. externallink( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
if is_set(inactive_year) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
else
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
end
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
inactive = ""
end
end
]]


if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
end
return text .. inactive .. cat
end


-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
if not is_set(Authors) then
local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayAuthors'] );
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
if not is_set(Maximum) and #a == 9 then
Maximum = 8;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('implict_etal_author', {}, true ) } );
elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
Maximum = #a + 1;
end
local control = {
sep = A["AuthorSeparator"] .. " ",
namesep = (first_set(A["AuthorNameSeparator"], A["NameSeparator"]) or "") .. " ",
format = A["AuthorFormat"],
maximum = Maximum,
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp
};
-- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
if is_set(Coauthors) then
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
Authors = listpeople(control, a)
end


--[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >--------------------------------------------------------
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
end


]]
local EditorCount
local function openlibrary(id)
if not is_set(Editors) then
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayEditors'] );
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then
Maximum = 3;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
Maximum = #e + 1;
end
 
local control = {
sep = A["EditorSeparator"] .. " ",
namesep = (first_set(A["EditorNameSeparator"], A["NameSeparator"]) or "") .. " ",
format = A['EditorFormat'],
maximum = Maximum,
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp
};


if ( code == "A" ) then
Editors, EditorCount = listpeople(control, e);
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'authors/OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'books/OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'works/OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
else
else
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
EditorCount = 1;
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
end
end
end


 
local Cartography = "";
--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------
local Scale = "";
 
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
if not is_set( Authors ) and is_set( PublisherName ) then
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.
Authors = PublisherName;
 
PublisherName = "";
]]
end
 
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
local function message_id (id)
if is_set( Cartography ) then
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase );
 
end
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
Scale = A['Scale'];
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
end
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
end
end  
return text
if  not is_set(URL) and
end
not is_set(ChapterURL) and
 
not is_set(ArchiveURL) and
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
not is_set(ConferenceURL) and
 
not is_set(TranscriptURL) then
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
 
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast"}) then
]]
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
 
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if is_set(title_type) then
if "none" == title_type then
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
 
if is_set(AccessDate) then
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
end
AccessDate = '';
end
-- Test if format is given without giving a URL
if is_set(Format) then
Format = Format .. seterror( 'format_missing_url' );
end
end
-- Test if citation has no title
if  not is_set(Chapter) and
not is_set(Title) and
not is_set(Periodical) and
not is_set(Conference) and
not is_set(TransTitle) and
not is_set(TransChapter) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
end
Format = is_set(Format) and " (" .. Format .. ")" or "";
local OriginalURL = URL
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if ( DeadURL ~= "no" ) then
URL = ArchiveURL
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')
end
end
-- Format chapter / article title


--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------
-- LOCAL
if not is_set(Language) or Language:lower() == 'zh' or Language:sub( 1, 3 ):lower() == 'zh-' then
xLCFlags = 'zh;zh-hans;zh-hant'
else
xLCFlags = 'R'
end
if is_set(Chapter) then
Chapter = '-{' .. xLCFlags .. '|' .. Chapter .. '}-'
end
if is_set(Title) then
Title = '-{' .. xLCFlags .. '|' .. Title .. '}-'
end
-- END LOCAL


Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
if is_set(Chapter) and is_set(ChapterLink) then
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
Chapter = "[[" .. ChapterLink .. "|" .. Chapter .. "]]";
 
end
]]
if is_set(Periodical) and is_set(Title) then
 
Chapter = wrap( 'italic-title', Chapter );
local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
TransChapter = wrap( 'trans-italic-title', TransChapter );
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
else
end
Chapter = kern_quotes (Chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
 
Chapter = wrap( 'quoted-title', Chapter );
--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------
TransChapter = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransChapter );
 
end
Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
local TransError = ""
]]
if is_set(TransChapter) then
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
if not is_set(Chapter) then
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
TransError = " " .. seterror( 'trans_missing_chapter' );
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
return argument;
end
 
--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
 
Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.
 
]]
 
local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end
 
while true do
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
else
else
break;
TransChapter = " " .. TransChapter;
end
end
end
end
return argument; -- done
end
Chapter = Chapter .. TransChapter;
 
--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
if is_set(Chapter) then
 
if not is_set(ChapterLink) then
Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
if is_set(ChapterURL) then
 
Chapter = externallink( ChapterURL, Chapter ) .. TransError;
Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
if not is_set(URL) then
of %27%27...
Chapter = Chapter .. Format;
]]
Format = "";
 
end
local function make_coins_title (title, script)
elseif is_set(URL) then
if is_set (title) then
Chapter = externallink( URL, Chapter ) .. TransError .. Format;
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
URL = "";
else
Format = "";
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
else
end
Chapter = Chapter .. TransError;
if is_set (script) then
end
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
elseif is_set(ChapterURL) then
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
Chapter = Chapter .. " " .. externallink( ChapterURL, nil, ChapterURLorigin ) ..
TransError;
else
Chapter = Chapter .. TransError;
end
if is_set(Title) and is_zh(Title) then -- LOCAL
Chapter = Chapter .. '//' -- LOCAL
else -- LOCAL
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. " " -- with end-space
end -- LOCAL
elseif is_set(ChapterURL) then
Chapter = " " .. externallink( ChapterURL, nil, ChapterURLorigin ) .. sepc .. " ";
end
-- Format main title.
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
end
if is_set(Periodical) then
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap( 'quoted-title', Title );
TransTitle = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
--[[ Hide unfinished cite newsgroup code so that long delayed update can take place
elseif inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","pressrelease","conference","podcast","newsgroup"}) and
]] elseif inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","pressrelease","conference","podcast"}) and
not is_set(Chapter) then
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap( 'quoted-title', Title );
TransTitle = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
else
else
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
Title = wrap( 'italic-title', Title );
TransTitle = wrap( 'trans-italic-title', TransTitle );
end
end
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
TransError = "";
if is_set(TransTitle) then
if not is_set(Title) then
TransError = " " .. seterror( 'trans_missing_title' );
else
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
end
end
end
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
end
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------
Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
]]
local function get_coins_pages (pages)
local pattern;
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
while true do
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
if is_set(Title) then
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
Title = externallink( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format  
end
URL = "";
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
Format = "";
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
else
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
Title = Title .. TransError;
return pages;
end
end
end
 
-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
end));
end
 
-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
return str;
end
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end
 
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
 
]]
 
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
--[[
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
if is_set(Place) then
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings
Place = " " .. wrap( 'written', Place, use_lowercase ) .. sepc .. " ";
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
end
]]
if is_set(Conference) then
if is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = externallink( ConferenceURL, Conference );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. externallink( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
local str = ''; -- the output string
if not is_set(Position) then
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local end_chr = '';
if is_set(Minutes) then
local trim;
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
else
if value == nil then value = ''; end
local Time = A['Time'];
if is_set(Time) then
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
elseif value ~= '' then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
if sepc ~= '.' then
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
else
comp = value;
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
trim = false;
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end
 
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
end
return str;
end 
if not is_set(Page) then
 
if is_set(Pages) then
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
if is_set(Periodical) and
 
not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name
Pages = ": " .. Pages;
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
elseif config.CitationClass == "news" then -- LOCAL
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
Pages = ": (" .. Pages .. ")" -- LOCAL
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
elseif config.CitationClass == "book" then -- LOCAL
 
Pages = ": " .. Pages -- LOCAL
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages .. PSuffix; -- LOCAL
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
else
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages .. PPSuffix; -- LOCAL
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
end
 
end
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
else
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
if is_set(Periodical) and
not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
Page = ": " .. Page;
elseif config.CitationClass == "news" then -- LOCAL
Page = ": (" .. Page .. ")" -- LOCAL
elseif config.CitationClass == "book" then -- LOCAL
Page = ": " .. Page -- LOCAL
else
Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page .. PSuffix; -- LOCAL
end
end
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if first_set( Pages, Page, At ) ~= nil or sepc ~= '.' then
if is_set( Section ) then
Section = ", " .. wrap( 'section', Section, true );
end
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = ", " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, true );
end
else
if is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'section', Section, use_lowercase );
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = ", " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, true );
end
elseif is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, use_lowercase );
end
end
At = At .. Section .. Inset;
end


At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here
--[[Look in the list of iso639-1 language codes to see if the value provided in the language parameter matches one of them.  If a match is found,
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
use that value; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
Categories are assigned in a manner similar to the {{xx icon}} templates - categorizes only mainspace citations and only when the language code is not 'en' (English).
]]
if is_set (Language) then
-- local name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( Language:lower(), "en" ); -- experiment: this seems to return correct ISO 639-1 language names
local name = cfg.iso639_1[Language:lower()]; -- get the language name if Language parameter has a valid iso 639-1 code
if nil == name then
-- LOCAL
local langNameInLang = mw.getContentLanguage():getCode()
local languageCode = Language:lower()
if languageCode:sub( 1, 3 ) == 'zh-' then
langNameInLang = languageCode
end
local languageName = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( languageCode, langNameInLang )
if languageName ~= '' then
Language = languageName
end
-- END LOCAL
Language=" " .. wrap( 'language', Language ); -- no match, use parameter's value
else
if 0 == this_page.namespace and 'en' ~= Language:lower() then --found a match; is this page main / article space and English not the language?
Language=" " .. wrap( 'language', name .. '[[Category:Articles with ' .. name .. '-language external links]]' ); -- in main space and not English: categorize
else
Language=" " .. wrap( 'language', name ); --not in mainspace or language is English so don't categorize
end
end
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
end


]]
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";


local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error ();
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
end;
return true;
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "podcast", "pressrelease", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
end
end


Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
-- LOCAL TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")"; -- display it in parentheses
TitleType = ", " .. TitleType; -- LOCAL
end


Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
Edition = is_set(Edition) and (" " .. wrap( 'edition', Edition )) or "";
Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";


Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. This form is not
if is_set(Volume) then
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphentodash(Volume) .. "</b>";
end
end


This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
--[[ This code commented out while discussion continues until after week of 2014-03-23 live module update;
if is_set(Volume) then
if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
  then Volume = sepc .. " " .. Volume;
  else
  Volume = " <b>" .. hyphentodash(Volume) .. "</b>";
  if is_set(Series) then Volume = sepc .. Volume;
  end
end
end
]]
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
--[[ Loosely mimic {{subscription required}} template; Via parameter identifies a delivery source that is not the publisher; these sources often, but not always, exist
behind a registration or paywall.  So here, we've chosen to decouple via from subscription (via has never been part of the registration required template).
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
]]
if is_set(Via) then
Via = " " .. wrap( 'via', Via );
end


]]
if is_set(SubscriptionRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; --here when 'via' parameter not used but 'subscription' is
elseif is_set(RegistrationRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; --here when 'via' and 'subscription' parameters not used but 'registration' is
end


local function reduce_to_initials(first)
if is_set(AccessDate) then
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
local initials = {}
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
AccessDate = '<span class="reference-accessdate">' -- LOCAL .. sepc
for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
.. substitute( retrv_text, {AccessDate} ) .. '</span>'
table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
end
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
 
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
 
end
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)  
 
 
]]
ID_list = buildidlist( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo} );


local function list_people(control, people, etal, list_name) -- TODO: why is list_name here?  not used in this function
if is_set(URL) then
local sep;
URL = " " .. externallink( URL, nil, URLorigin );
local namesep;
end
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local text = {}


if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
if is_set(Quote) then
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
else
end
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap( 'quoted-text', Quote );  
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
PostScript = ""; -- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
local Archived
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
ArchiveDate = seterror('archive_missing_date');
if is_set(person.last) then
end
local mask = person.mask
if "no" == DeadURL then
local one
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
local sep_one = sep;
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
etal = true;
{ externallink( ArchiveURL, arch_text ), ArchiveDate } );
break;
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. seterror('archive_missing_url');  
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
else
one = mask;
sep_one = " ";
end
else
one = person.last
local first = person.first
if is_set(first) then
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
end
end
table.insert( text, one )
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
table.insert( text, sep_one )
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ externallink( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ), ArchiveDate } );
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = substitute( arch_text,
{ seterror('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); -- LOCAL
end
end
else
Archived = ""
end
end
 
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
local Lay
if count > 0 then  
if is_set(LayURL) then
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
if is_set(LaySource) then  
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safeforitalics(LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
end
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
else
Lay = "";
end
end
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if is_set(Transcript) then
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, Transcript ); end
local etal_text = is_zh( result ) and cfg.messages['et al'] or '<i>et al</i>.'; -- LOCAL
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. etal_text; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al. -- LOCAL
Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
end
end
return result, count
local Publisher;
end
if is_set(Periodical) and
 
not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
if is_set(PublisherName) then
 
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
 
else
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
Publisher = PublisherName;
 
]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
 
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
 
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
 
]]
 
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
 
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
else
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
Publisher = "";
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
--[[ LOCAL
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap( 'published', PublicationDate );
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
end
end
end
]]
return name, etal; --  
if is_set(Publisher) then
end
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
end
else
--[[ LOCAL
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap( 'published', PublicationDate ) .. ")";
end
]]
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName -- LOCAL .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName -- LOCAL .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace -- LOCAL .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = '' -- LOCAL PublicationDate;
end
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'italic-title', Periodical )
else
Periodical = wrap( 'italic-title', Periodical )
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
--[[
Gets name list from the input arguments
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
 
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
]]
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
 
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
 
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
 
]]
 
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
 
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
while true do
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
if is_set (link) and false == link_param_ok (link) then -- do this test here in case link is missing last
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i )}); -- url or wikilink in author link;
end
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.


Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for
local tcommon
any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parametersIf found, adds the parameter and value to
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
the identifier list.  Emits redundant error message is more than one alias exists in args
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
tcommon = safejoin( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series,
Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); -- LOCAL removal: Volume, Issue, Language
else
tcommon = safejoin( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series,
Volume, Issue, Others, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); -- LOCAL removal: Language
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safejoin( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end


]]
-- LOCAL
 
local xDate = Date
local function extract_ids( args )
local pgtext = Page .. Pages .. At
local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args
if ( is_set(Periodical) and Date ~= '' and
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do -- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web"}) )
v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present
or ( inArray(config.CitationClass, {"book","news"}) ) then
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and ( Volume ~= '' or Issue ~= '' ) then
xDate = xDate .. ',' .. Volume .. Issue
end
xDate = xDate .. pgtext
pgtext = ''
end
if PublicationDate and PublicationDate ~= '' then
xDate = xDate .. ' (' .. PublicationDate .. ')'
end
if OrigYear ~= '' then
xDate = xDate .. OrigYear
end
if AccessDate ~= '' then
xDate = xDate .. ' ' .. AccessDate
end
if xDate ~= '' then
xDate = sepc .. ' ' .. xDate
end
end
return id_list;
-- END LOCAL
end
 
local idcommon = safejoin( { URL, xDate, ID_list, Archived, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Language, Quote }, sepc ); -- LOCAL
--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
local text;
 
-- LOCAL local pgtext = Position .. Page .. Pages .. At;
Takes a table of IDs created by extract_ids() and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
 
inputs:
id_list – table of identifiers built by extract_ids()
options – table of various template parameter values used to modify some manually handled identifiers
 
]]
 
local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
local new_list, handler = {};
 
function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do -- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
if is_set(Authors) then
-- fallback to read-only cfg
if is_set(Coauthors) then
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
Authors = Authors .. A['AuthorSeparator'] .. " " .. Coauthors
end
if handler.mode == 'external' then
--[[ LOCAL if is_set(Date) then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
else]]if string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
Authors = Authors .. " "
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
elseif k == 'DOI' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } );
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'OL' or k == 'OLA' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
elseif k == 'PMC' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
elseif k == 'PMID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISMN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ismn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
else
else
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
end
end
end
if is_set(Editors) then
local ed_is_zh = is_zh( Editors ) -- LOCAL
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
local in_text = ed_is_zh and '' or "In " -- LOCAL
return a[1] < b[1];
local in_text = " ";
end
local post_text = "";
if is_set(Chapter) then
table.sort( new_list, comp );
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
else
new_list[k] = v[2];
if EditorCount <= 1 then
end
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
return new_list;
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
 
end  
 
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
--[[--------------------------< C O I N S >--------------------------------------------------------------------
Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
 
if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc)
COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.
or ed_is_zh -- LOCAL
 
then Editors = Editors .. " "
]]
else Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " "
 
end
local function COinS(data, class)
-- LOCAL
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
if ed_is_zh then
return '';
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['in'] .. sepc .. ' '
end
end
-- END LOCAL
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
end
text = safejoin( {Authors, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc ); -- LOCAL removal: Date
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
elseif is_set(Editors) then
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
--[[ LOCAL
if is_set(value) then
if is_set(Date) then
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
end
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
});
else ]]
if EditorCount <= 1 then
if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'journal', 'news'}) or (in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; -- journal metadata identifier
if 'arxiv' == class then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv
elseif 'conference' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; -- cite conference (when Periodical set)
elseif 'web' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; -- cite web (when Periodical set)
else
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; -- journal only
-- LOCAL end
if is_set (data.Map) then
text = safejoin( {Chapter, Editors, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Map; -- for a map in a periodical
text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
else
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; -- all other 'periodical' article titles
--[[ LOCAL
if is_set(Date) then
if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
end
end
-- these used onlu for periodicals
end ]]
OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components
text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books
text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); -- LOCAL
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
else
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata
text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc ); -- LOCAL
 
text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes
end
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; -- book metadata identifier
end
if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report";
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set
text = safejoin( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference";
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then
-- text = text:sub(1,-2); --Remove final separator (assumes that sepc is only one character)
if is_set (data.Chapter) then
end
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title
text = safejoin( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
else
 
if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview
local options = {};
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;
else
options.class = "citation";
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
local id = Ref
if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
local names = {} --table of last names & year
if #a > 0 then
for i,v in ipairs(a) do
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end
end
elseif #e > 0 then
for i,v in ipairs(e) do
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end
end
end
end
end
else --{'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'}
names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown";
id = anchorid(names)
end
end
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; -- book only
options.id = id;
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- book, journal
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation
else -- cite thesis
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation"; -- dissertation metadata identifier
OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported)
OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only
OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation
end
end
-- and now common parameters (as much as possible)
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
if k == 'ISBN' then v = clean_isbn( v ) end
z.error_categories = {};
local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
text = seterror('empty_citation');
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then -- for ids that are in the info:registry
z.message_tail = {};
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
elseif string.sub (id or "", 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then -- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc that have defined COinS keywords
OCinSoutput[ id ] = v;
elseif id then -- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v }; -- others; provide a url
end
end
end
 
--[[
if is_set(options.id) then
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
else
if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
end
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
 
else
local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
end
-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
end
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
]]
text = text .. OCinS;
local last, first;
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
last, first = v.last, v.first;
text = text .. " ";
if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(last)  and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name
if is_set(v[1]) then
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
if i == #z.message_tail then
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation
text = text .. errorcomment( v[1], v[2] );
elseif is_set(last) then  
else
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name
text = text .. errorcomment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
end
end
else -- for all other authors
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; -- book, journal, dissertation
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
end
end
end
end
end
end
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
if inArray(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
end
return text
end
end


 
-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
function z.citation(frame)
 
local pframe = frame:getParent()
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.
if nil ~= string.find( frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true ) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
 
cfg = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox' ); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox' );
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
dates = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox').dates -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.
else -- otherwise
 
cfg = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' ); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' );
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
dates = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation').dates -- ... live version of date validation code
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code. When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
returns only the Wikimedia language name.
 
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
 
]]
 
local function get_iso639_code (lang)
if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
end
end
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
local args = {};
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
local suggestions = {};
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
local error_text, error_state;
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
local config = {};
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
config[k] = v;
args[k] = v;  
end


Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided. If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
 
if v ~= '' then
There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
if not validate( k ) then
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no', is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
error_text = "";
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
 
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.
error_text, error_state = seterror( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
 
end
See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then
 
error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
else
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.
if #suggestions == 0 then
 
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.
 
]]
 
local function language_parameter (lang)
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
 
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
 
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
 
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
end
if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
end
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
if is_set (code) then
if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
if 'en' ~= code then -- English not the language
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
end
else
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
if 'English' == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is English return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
end
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
 
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
 
]]
 
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
end
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
 
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
 
]]
 
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
end
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
end
 
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
 
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.
 
]]
 
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
 
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
end
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
 
]]
 
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
return sep, ps, ref
end
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.
 
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
 
]=]
 
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end
 
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
 
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.
 
]]
 
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if is_set (format) then
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
if not is_set (url) then
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return format;
end
 
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
 
Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.
 
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').
 
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
 
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
 
]]
 
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
if is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset
end
elseif 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY need to clear implicit et al category
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1
end
return max, etal;
end
 
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
 
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
 
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
 
]]
 
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
 
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
end
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
-- end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
 
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
 
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
 
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
 
]]
 
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask;
local corporate = false;
 
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
add_vanc_error ();
end
v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas
 
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')
corporate = true;
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
    lastfirstTable = {}
    lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
    first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
    last  = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
    if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then
add_vanc_error (); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ();
end
-- this from extract_names ()
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
 
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
 
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
 
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
 
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
 
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
 
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
 
]]
 
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst=true;
end
 
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
 
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
 
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
in the source template) the function refurns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
 
]]
 
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
if not is_set (value) then
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
return true;
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return false
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
 
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.
 
]]
 
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
end
end
 
 
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
 
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
 
]]
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
return '';
end
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
elseif is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
local vol = '';
if is_set (volume) then
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
else
vol = wrap_style ('vol-bold', hyphen_to_dash(volume));
end
end
if is_set (issue) then
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end
 
 
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
 
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets
 
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
 
]]
 
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if is_set (sheet) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end
 
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
 
if is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif is_set(pages) then
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end
 
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
 
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
 
]]
 
local function citation0( config, args, frame ) -- LOCAL
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
local i
 
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
 
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
end
end
 
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
local Others = A['Others'];
 
local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local Editors;
 
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
end
end
 
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if 0 < #c then
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
 
local Year = A['Year'];
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local Date = A['Date'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
if is_set (TitleLink) and false == link_param_ok (TitleLink) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', A:ORIGIN('TitleLink'))}); -- url or wikilink in |title-link=;
end
 
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
 
local Series = A['Series'];
local Volume;
local Issue;
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;
 
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
Issue = A['Issue'];
end
local Position = '';
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
At = A['At'];
end
 
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local Place = A['Place'];
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
RegistrationRequired=nil;
end
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
end
 
local Via = A['Via'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
 
local Language = A['Language'];
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
 
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
 
local Quote = A['Quote'];
 
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
 
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
end
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
end
 
--these are used by cite interview
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local City = A['City'];
local Program = A['Program'];
 
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
 
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
local Mode = A['Mode'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
Mode = '';
end
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
 
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
 
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
 
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
NoPP = true;
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end
 
if is_set(Page) then
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
At = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(At) then
At = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end
 
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
 
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
 
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
 
]]
 
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
 
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
 
-- Special case for cite techreport.
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
-- ID = ID .. " " .. set_error('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end
 
-- special case for cite interview
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
if is_set(Program) then
ID = ' ' .. Program;
end
if is_set(Callsign) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
else
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
end
end
if is_set(City) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
else
ID = ' ' .. City;
end
end
 
if is_set(Others) then
if is_set(TitleType) then
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
TitleType = '';
else
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
end
else
Others = '(Interview)';
end
end
 
-- special case for cite mailing list
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
end
 
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set(BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
 
-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = "";
local Scale = "";
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
Chapter = A['Map'];
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
if is_set (SeriesLink) and false == link_param_ok (SeriesLink) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', A:ORIGIN('SeriesLink'))});
end
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
Date = AirDate;
end
 
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
 
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
Series = ''; -- unset
deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
end
if first_set ({AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
Chapter = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
end
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
 
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
end
end
 
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
end
 
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
if not is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end
 
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
 
--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.
 
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
anchor_year, error_message = dates({['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}, COinS_date);
 
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
end
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
 
if is_set(error_message) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end -- end of do
 
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --
 
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
end
end
 
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
-- Test if citation has no title
if not is_set(Title) and
not is_set(TransTitle) and
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
end
end
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
end
 
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
['title']=Title,
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName,
});
 
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
 
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Map'] = Map,
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
 
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName') ));
end
end
 
 
 
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
do
local last_first_list;
local maximum;
local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
};
 
do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then
maximum = 3;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
end
 
control.maximum = maximum;
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal, 'editor');
 
if is_set (Editors) then
if editor_etal then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
 
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
Translators = list_people(control, t, false, 'translator'); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false, 'contributor'); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
 
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal, 'author');
 
if is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do
 
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
end
end
 
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
 
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
 
if  not is_set(URL) then --and
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
end
end
 
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
end
end
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
 
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
 
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if is_set (Chapter) then
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
end
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
 
-- Format main title.
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
end
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'arxiv'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
 
TransError = "";
if is_set(TransTitle) then
if is_set(Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format;
URL = "";
Format = "";
else
Title = Title .. TransError;
end
end
 
if is_set(Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
 
if is_set (Conference) then
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
 
if not is_set(Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];
 
if is_set(Minutes) then
if is_set (Time) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if is_set(Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
 
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
 
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
 
if is_set( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
 
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
end
 
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if is_set (Translators) then
Others = sepc .. ' Translated by ' .. Translators .. Others;
end
 
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end
 
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
 
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
 
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if is_set(Via) then
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
end
 
--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
 
]]
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
else
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
end
 
if is_set(AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
 
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
 
if is_set(URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
end
 
if is_set(Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
local Archived
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
end
if "no" == DeadURL then
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped'}) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = ""
end
local Lay = '';
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if is_set(LaySource) then
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
 
if is_set(Transcript) then
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
end
 
local Publisher;
if is_set(Periodical) and
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
else
Publisher = PublisherName; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
else
Publisher = "";
end
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
end
else
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
 
--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
 
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 
local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
 
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
if is_set(Date) then
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if is_set(Authors) then
if is_set(Coauthors) then
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then -- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator
Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors;
else
Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors;
end
end
if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set(Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if is_set (Editors) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if is_set(Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
local options = {};
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = "citation";
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
local id = Ref
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
-- local year = first_set (Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
end
options.id = id;
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
if is_set(options.id) then
text = '<cite id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
else
text = '<cite class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
end
 
local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
-- Note: Using display: none on the COinS span breaks some clients.
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
text = text .. OCinS;
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
text = text .. " ";
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
else
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
end
end
end
end
 
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
end
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
end
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
end
return text
end
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
 
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the first match.
 
Sometime after this module is done with rendering a citation, some C0 control characters are replaced with the
replacement character.  That replacement character is not detected by this test though it is visible to readers
of the rendered citation.  This function will detect the replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
 
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group that the character
belongs to along with its position in the parameter value.
 
]]
 
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local position = '';
local i=1;
 
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
position = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {char, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< Z . C I T A T I O N >----------------------------------------------------------
 
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
]]
 
function z.citation(frame)
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local validation;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
 
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code
end
 
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
 
local args = {};
local suggestions = {};
local error_text, error_state;
 
local config = {};
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
config[k] = v;
args[k] = v;  
end
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
if v ~= '' then
if not validate( k ) then
error_text = "";
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
end
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then
if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
end
end
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
end
end
end
end    
end    
第3,975行: 第2,398行:
end
end
end
end
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
return citation0( config, args, frame ) -- LOCAL
has_invisible_chars (k, v)
end
return citation0( config, args)
end
end


return z
return z

2015年12月8日 (二) 03:18的版本

此模块的文档可以在模块:Citation/CS1/doc创建

local z = {
	error_categories = {};
	error_ids = {};
	message_tail = {};
}

-- LOCAL
function is_zh( str )
    return not not str:find( '[\128-\255]' )
end
-- END LOCAL

-- Whether variable is set or not
function is_set( var )
	return not (var == nil or var == '');
end

-- First set variable or nil if none
function first_set(...)
	local list = {...};
	for _, var in pairs(list) do
		if is_set( var ) then
			return var;
		end
	end
end

-- Whether needle is in haystack
function inArray( needle, haystack )
	if needle == nil then
		return false;
	end
	for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
		if v == needle then
			return n;
		end
	end
	return false;
end

--[[
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  Because deprecated parameters (currently |day=, |month=,
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
]]
function deprecated_parameter()
	if true ~= Page_in_deprecated_cat then	-- if we haven't been here before then set a 
		Page_in_deprecated_cat=true;		-- sticky flag so that if there are more than one deprecated parameter the category is added only once
--		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'deprecated_params', {error_message}, true ) } );		-- add error message
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'deprecated_params', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message
	end
end

-- Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
function substitute( msg, args )
--	return args and tostring( mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ) ) or msg;
	return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
end

--[[
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern  either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
]]
function kern_quotes (str)
	local left='<span style="padding-left:0.2em;">%1</span>';		-- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark
	local right='<span style="padding-right:0.2em;">%1</span>';		-- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark
	
	if  str:match ("^[\"\'][^\']") then
		str = string.gsub( str, "^[\"\']", left, 1 );				-- replace (captured) leading single or double quote with left-side <span>
	end
	if str:match ("[^\'][\"\']$") then
		str = string.gsub( str, "[\"\']$", right, 1 );			-- replace (captured) trailing single or double quote with right-side <span>
	end
	return str;
end

-- Wraps a string using a message_list configuration taking one argument
function wrap( key, str, lower )
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	elseif inArray( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
		str = safeforitalics( str );
	end
	if lower == true then
		return substitute( cfg.messages[key]:lower(), {str} );
	else
		return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
	end		
end

--[[
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument 
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
]]
function argument_wrapper( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = selectone( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end

--[[
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
]]
function validate( name )
	local name = tostring( name );
	local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
	
	-- Normal arguments
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter ();				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	-- Arguments with numbers in them
	name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" );				-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter ();				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	return false;								-- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end

-- Formats a comment for error trapping
function errorcomment( content, hidden )
	return wrap( hidden and 'hidden-error' or 'visible-error', content );
end

--[[
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement
of the error message in the output is the responsibility of the calling function.
]]
function seterror( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
	local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
	
	prefix = prefix or "";
	suffix = suffix or "";
	
	if error_state == nil then
		error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
	elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
		table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
	end
	
	local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
	
	message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] .. 
		"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
		cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
	
	z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
	if inArray( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
			and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
		return '', false;
	end
	
	message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
	
	if raw == true then
		return message, error_state.hidden;
	end		
		
	return errorcomment( message, error_state.hidden );
end

-- Formats a wiki style external link
function externallinkid(options)
	local url_string = options.id;
	if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
		url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
	end
	return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end

-- Formats a wiki style internal link
function internallinkid(options)
	return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end

-- Format an external link with error checking
function externallink( URL, label, source )
	local error_str = "";
	if not is_set( label ) then
		label = URL;
		if is_set( source ) then
			error_str = seterror( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap( 'parameter', source ) }, false, " " );
		else
			error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
		end			
	end
	if not checkurl( URL ) then
		error_str = seterror( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
	end
	return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safeforurl( label ), "]", error_str });
end

-- Formats a link to Amazon
function amazon(id, domain)
	if not is_set(domain) then 
		domain = "com"
	elseif ( "jp" == domain or "uk" == domain ) then
		domain = "co." .. domain
	end
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
	return externallinkid({link = handler.link,
		label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id,
		encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator})
end

--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------
 
See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier
 
format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
	arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
	<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
		first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
	<number> is a three-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
 
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
	arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
	<number> is a four-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces
 
the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
	arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
	<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
	<number> is a five-digit number
]]
 
function arxiv (id, class)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
	local year, month, version;
	local err_cat = '';
	local text;
 
	if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or		-- if invalid year or invalid month
			((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then		-- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );						-- set error message
		end
	elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or			-- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
			((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or									-- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );						-- set error message
		end
	elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then						-- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );							-- set error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );								-- arXiv id doesn't match any format
	end
 
	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 
	if is_set (class) then
		class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]';	-- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
	else
		class = '';																-- empty string for concatenation
	end
 
	return text .. class;
end

--[[
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
	a. Remove it.
	b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
		1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
		2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.

Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]

function normalize_lccn (lccn)
	lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", "");									-- 1. strip whitespace

	if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
		lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/");								-- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
	end

	local prefix
	local suffix
	prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)");						-- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix

	if nil ~= suffix then											-- if there was a hyphen
		suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix;	-- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
		lccn=prefix..suffix;										-- reassemble the lccn
	end
	
	return lccn;
	end

--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/

length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both alpha

]]
function lccn(lccn)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that LCCN is valid
	local id = lccn;									-- local copy of the lccn

	id = normalize_lccn (id);							-- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
	local len = id:len();								-- get the length of the lccn

	if 8 == len then
		if id:match("[^%d]") then						-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 9 == len then								-- LCCN should be adddddddd
		if nil == id:match("%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then			-- does it match our pattern?
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 10 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
		if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
			if nil == id:match("^%a%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- ... see if it matches our pattern
				err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
			end
		end
	elseif 11 == len then								-- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
		if not (id:match("^%a%a%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then	-- see if it matches one of our patterns
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	elseif 12 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
		if not id:match("^%a%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- see if it matches our pattern
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );		-- wrong length, set an error message
	end

	if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
		err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );		-- lccn contains a space, set an error message
	end

	return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]
function pmid(id)
	local test_limit = 30000000;						-- update this value as PMIDs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMID is valid
	
	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMID has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' );		-- set an error message
	else												-- PMID is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' );	-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the future, returns true; otherwise, returns false because the embargo has expired or |embargo= not set in this cite.
]]
function is_embargoed(embargo)
	if is_set(embargo) then
		local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
		local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
		good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
		good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
	
		if good1 and good2 and tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then	--is embargo date is in the future?
			return true;	-- still embargoed
		end
	end
	return false;			-- embargo expired or |embargo= not set
end

--[[
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.

The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future
the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article.  If the embargo specifies a date in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then
the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.

PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
]]
function pmc(id, embargo)
	local test_limit = 5000000;							-- update this value as PMCs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMC is valid
	
	local text;

	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMC has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' );			-- set an error message
	else												-- PMC is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' );		-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	if is_embargoed(embargo) then
		text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat;	--still embargoed so no external link
	else
		text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,			--no embargo date, ok to link to article
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
	end
	return text;
end

-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.

-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
--  Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant

-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.

-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.

function doi(id, inactive)
	local cat = ""
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
	
	local text;
	if is_set(inactive) then
		local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or '';		-- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
		text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
		if is_set(inactive_year) then
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "自" .. inactive_year .. "年DOI码失效的页面");
		else
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "DOI码失效的页面" );	-- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
		end
		inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")" 
	else 
		text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
		inactive = "" 
	end

	if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then	-- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
		cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_doi' );
	end
	return text .. inactive .. cat 
end

-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
function openlibrary(id)
	local code = id:sub(-1,-1)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];
	if ( code == "A" ) then
		return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "M" ) then
		return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "W" ) then
		return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	else
		return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode}) .. 
			' ' .. seterror( 'bad_ol' );
	end
end

--[[
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:

	|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
	
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
]]
function issn(id)
	local issn_copy = id;		-- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
	local text;
	local valid_issn = true;

	id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" );									-- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn

	if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then		-- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
		valid_issn=false;										-- wrong length or improper character
	else
		valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8);						-- validate issn
	end

	if true == valid_issn then
		id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 );	-- if valid, display correctly formatted version
	else
		id = issn_copy;											-- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
	end
	
	text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if false == valid_issn then
		text = text .. ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_issn' )			-- add an error message if the issn is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end

--[[
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those citations that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
]]
function set_titletype(cite_class, title_type)
	if is_set(title_type) then
		if "none" == title_type then
			title_type = "";					-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;						-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	if "AV-media-notes" == cite_class or "DVD-notes" == cite_class then		-- if this citation is cite AV media notes or cite DVD notes
		return "Media notes";					-- display AV media notes / DVD media notes annotation

	elseif "podcast" == cite_class then			-- if this citation is cite podcast
		return "Podcast";						-- display podcast annotation

	elseif "pressrelease" == cite_class then	-- if this citation is cite press release
		return "Press release";					-- display press release annotation

	elseif "techreport" == cite_class then		-- if this citation is cite techreport
		return "Technical report";				-- display techreport annotation
	
	elseif "thesis" == cite_class then			-- if this citation is cite thesis (degree option handled after this function returns)
			return "Thesis";					-- display simple thesis annotation (without |degree= modification)
	end
end

--[[
Determines whether a URL string is valid

At present the only check is whether the string appears to 
be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether 
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well 
formed.
]]
function checkurl( url_str )
	-- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
	return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil;
end

-- Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
-- Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
function cleanisbn( isbn_str )
	return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end

-- Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
--TODO: Fix so this code supports urls like this:
--	http://www.history.navy.mil/download/va125153.pdf#page=13 %w/:\.
function get_coins_pages (pages)
	if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end			-- if no page numbers then we're done
	
	while true do
		pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]");	-- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
		if nil == pattern then break; end					-- no more urls
		pattern = pattern:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1");	-- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
		pages = pages:gsub(pattern, "");					-- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
	end
	pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", "");						-- remove the brackets
	pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" );							-- replace endashes with hyphens
	pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" );						-- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
	return pages;
end

--[[
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in checkisbn().
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
]]
function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
	local temp = 0;
	isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) };	-- make a table of bytes
	len = len+1;							-- adjust to be a loop counter
	for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do		-- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
		if v == string.byte( "X" ) then		-- if checkdigit is X
			temp = temp + 10*( len - i );	-- it represents 10 decimal
		else
			temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
		end
	end
	return temp % 11 == 0;					-- returns true if calculation result is zero
end

-- Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
function checkisbn( isbn_str )
	if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end		-- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
	isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" );	-- remove hyphens and spaces
	local len = isbn_str:len();
 
	if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
		return false;
	end

	if len == 10 then
		if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
		return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
	else
		local temp = 0;
		if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end	-- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979
		isbn_str = { isbn_str:byte(1, len) };
		for i, v in ipairs( isbn_str ) do
			temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );
		end
		return temp % 10 == 0;
	end
end

-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
function removewikilink( str )
	return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
		return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
	end));
end

-- Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
function safeforurl( str )
	do return str end -- LOCAL HACK https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Module_talk:Citation/CS1&diff=552318417&oldid=552202448
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end

-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
function hyphentodash( str )
	if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
		return str;
	end	
	return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end

-- Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
function safeforitalics( str )
	--[[ Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for
	italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that they will be inverted
	(i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and ''
	tend to interact poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy. ]]
	
	if not is_set(str) then
		return str;
	else
		if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
		if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
		
		-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
		return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
	end
end

--[[
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

TODO: safejoin() has a flaw where it won't remove the duplicate character from a |title= / |url= combination.
This is because by the time we get here, |title=http://somesite.com and |title=Document Title. have been combined:
	[http://somesite.com and ''Document Title.'']
so that now, the last character is not sepc but is ] (unless sepc == ']' which breaks the external link)
]]
function safejoin( tbl, duplicate_char )
	--[[
	Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
	
	This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as 
	long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
	in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
	]]
	
	local str = '';
	local comp = '';
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then
			str = value;
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then
				-- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );
			else
				comp = value;
			end
			
			if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then
				trim = false;
				end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1);
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then
					str = str:sub(1,-2);
				elseif end_chr == "'" then
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then
						str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''";
					elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then
					if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then
						str = str:sub(1,-3);
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end
						
						value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )
					else
						value = value:sub( 2, -1 );
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value;
		end
	end
	return str;
end  

-- Attempts to convert names to initials.
function reducetoinitials(first)
	local initials = {}
	local i = 0;										-- counter for number of initials
	for word in string.gmatch(first, "%S+") do
		table.insert(initials, string.sub(word,1,1))	-- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
		i = i + 1;										-- bump the counter 
		if 2 <= i then break; end						-- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
	end
	return table.concat(initials)						-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end

-- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) 
function listpeople(control, people)
	local sep = control.sep;
	local namesep = control.namesep
	local format = control.format
	local maximum = control.maximum
	local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
	local text = {}
	local etal = false;
	
	if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if maximum ~= nil and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end
	
	for i,person in ipairs(people) do
		if is_set(person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask
			local one
			local sep_one = sep;
			if maximum ~= nil and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			elseif (mask ~= nil) then
				local n = tonumber(mask)
				if (n ~= nil) then
					one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
				else
					one = mask;
					sep_one = " ";
				end
			else
				one = person.last
				local first = person.first
				if is_set(first) then 
					if ( "vanc" == format ) then first = reducetoinitials(first) end
					one = one .. namesep .. first 
				end
				if is_set(person.link) then one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" end
				if is_set(person.link) and nil ~= person.link:find("//") then one = one .. " " .. seterror( 'bad_authorlink' ) end	-- check for url in author link;
			end
			table.insert( text, one )
			table.insert( text, sep_one )
		end
	end

	local count = #text / 2;
	if count > 0 then 
		if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
			text[#text-2] = " & ";
		end
		text[#text] = nil; 
	end
	
	local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
	if etal then 
		local etal_text = is_zh( result ) and cfg.messages['et al'] or '<i>et al</i>.'; -- LOCAL
		result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
	end
	
	-- if necessary wrap result in <span> tag to format in Small Caps
	if ( "scap" == format ) then result = 
		'<span class="smallcaps" style="font-variant:small-caps">' .. result .. '</span>';
	end 
	return result, count
end

-- Generates a CITEREF anchor ID.
function anchorid( options )
	return "CITEREF" .. table.concat( options );
end

--[[
Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
]]
--Original function
function extractnames(args, list_name)
    local names = {};
    local i = 1;
    local last;
 
    while true do
        last = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
        if not is_set(last) then
            -- just in case someone passed in an empty parameter
            break;
        end
        names[i] = {
            last = last,
            first = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ),
            link = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ),
            mask = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i )
        };
        i = i + 1;
    end
    return names;
end

--[[ Broken.  Editor CITEREF IDs are broken by this code (no editor list). Author CITEREF ID render correctly
function extractnames(args, list_name)
	local names = {};			-- table of names
	local i = 1;				-- loop counter/indexer
	local count = 0;			-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	
	local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list';		-- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary

	while true do
		names[i] =				-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
			{
			last = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ),
			first = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ),
			link = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ),
			mask = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i )
			};
		if names[i].first and not names[i].last then							-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			names[i].first = nil;												-- set first to nil so we don't confuse the implicit et al message code
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
			break;																-- and done because lastn not found
		elseif not names[i].first and not names[i].last then					-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 == count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- last with or without a first
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } );		-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- bump to the next name
	end
	return names;																-- all done, return our list of names
end
]]



-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
function extractids( args )
	local id_list = {};
	for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do	
		v = selectone( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
		if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
	end
	return id_list;
end

-- Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
function buildidlist( id_list, options )
	local new_list, handler = {};
	
	function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
	
	for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
		-- fallback to read-only cfg
		handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
		
		if handler.mode == 'external' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, externallinkid( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internallinkid( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
		elseif k == 'DOI' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
		elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'ASIN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'LCCN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'OL' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMC' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMID' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISSN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISBN' then
			local ISBN = internallinkid( handler );
			if not checkisbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
				ISBN = ISBN .. seterror( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
			end
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );				
		else
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
		end
	end
	
	function comp( a, b )	-- used in following table.sort()
		return a[1] < b[1];
	end
	
	table.sort( new_list, comp );
	for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
		new_list[k] = v[2];
	end
	
	return new_list;
end
  
-- Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
-- Generates an error if more than one match is present.
function selectone( args, possible, error_condition, index )
	local value = nil;
	local selected = '';
	local error_list = {};
	
	if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
	
	-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
	if index == '1' then
		for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
			v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
			if is_set(args[v]) then
				if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
					table.insert( error_list, v );
				else
					value = args[v];
					selected = v;
				end
			end
		end		
	end
	
	for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
		if index ~= nil then
			v = v:gsub( "#", index );
		end
		if is_set(args[v]) then
			if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
				table.insert( error_list, v );
			else
				value = args[v];
				selected = v;
			end
		end
	end
	
	if #error_list > 0 then
		local error_str = "";
		for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
			if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
			error_str = error_str .. wrap( 'parameter', k );
		end
		if #error_list > 1 then
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
		else
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
		end
		error_str = error_str .. wrap( 'parameter', selected );
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return value, selected;
end

-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
-- the citation information.
function COinS(data)
	if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
		return '';
	end
	
	local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
	
	-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
	local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
		__newindex = function(self, key, value)
			if is_set(value) then
				rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( removewikilink( value ) ) } );
			end
		end
	});
	
	if is_set(data.Chapter) then
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
		OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Chapter;
		OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
	elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
		OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
		OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
	else
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
		OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
	end
	
	OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
	OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
	OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
	OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
	OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
	OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
	OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
	OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
	
	for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
		local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
		if k == 'ISBN' then value = cleanisbn( v ); else value = v; end
		if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
			OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
		else
			OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
		end
	end
	
	local last, first;
	for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
		last, first = v.last, v.first;
		if k == 1 then
			if is_set(last) then
				OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
			end
			if is_set(first) then 
				OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
			end
		end
		if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
			OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
		elseif is_set(last) then
			OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
		end
	end
	
	OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
	OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
	OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
	
	-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
	table.sort( OCinSoutput );
	table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
	return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end

--[[
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation
formatting.
]]
function citation0( config, args, frame ) -- LOCAL
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple
	aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper( args );

	local i 
	local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
	local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
	if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end

	-- LOCAL
	local PSuffix = A['PSuffix']
	local PPSuffix = A['PPSuffix']
	if ( nil ~= A['NoPP'] ) then PPSuffix = "" PSuffix = "" end
	-- END LOCAL
	
	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	
	local Authors = A['Authors'];
	local a = extractnames( args, 'AuthorList' );

	local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
	local Others = A['Others'];
	local Editors = A['Editors'];
	local e = extractnames( args, 'EditorList' );

	local Year = A['Year'];
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
	local Date = A['Date'];
	local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
	------------------------------------------------- Get title data
	local Title = A['Title'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
	local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink'];
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
	local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
	local URL = A['URL']
	local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');
	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];

	local Series = A['Series'];
	local Volume = A['Volume'];
	local Issue = A['Issue'];
	local Position = '';
	local Page = A['Page'];
	local Pages = hyphentodash( A['Pages'] );	
	local At = A['At'];

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
	local Place = A['Place'];
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
	local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
	local Via = A['Via'];
	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
	local Agency = A['Agency'];
	local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
	local Language = A['Language'];
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local Ref = A['Ref'];
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local ID = A['ID'];
	local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
	local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];

	local ID_list = extractids( args );
--[[ Hide unfinished cite newsgroup code so that long delayed update can take place
	-- special case for cite newsgroup which uses |id= for a usenet article or post id
	-- |id= is not included in COinS so here we convert it to an ID that will be included in COinS
	if ('newsgroup' == config.CitationClass) and (is_set (ID)) then
		ID_list['USENETID']=ID;			-- add this new 'id' to the list of IDs
		ID = '';						-- and unset
	end
]]	
	local Quote = A['Quote'];
	local PostScript = A['PostScript'];

	local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
	local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] 
	local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');
	local sepc = A['Separator'];

	local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
	local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];

--these are used by cite interview
	local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
	local City = A['City'];
	local Cointerviewers = A['Cointerviewers'];			-- deprecated
	local Interviewer = A['Interviewer'];				-- deprecated
	local Program = A['Program'];

--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
	local page_type;									-- is this needed?  Doesn't appear to be used anywhere;
	local use_lowercase = ( sepc ~= '.' );
	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();		--Also used for COinS and for language
	local anchor_year;									-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	local COinS_date;									-- used in the COinS metadata

-- Set postscript default.
	if not is_set (PostScript) then						-- if |postscript= has not been set (Postscript is nil which is the default for {{citation}}) and
		if (config.CitationClass ~= "citation") then	-- this template is not a citation template
			PostScript = '.';							-- must be a cite xxx template so set postscript to default (period)
		end
	else
		if PostScript:lower() == 'none' then			-- if |postscript=none then
			PostScript = '';							-- no postscript
		end
	end

--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories.
	if not is_set(no_tracking_cats) then				-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		for k, v in pairs( cfg.uncategorized_namespaces ) do	-- otherwise, spin through the list of namespaces we don't include in error categories
			if this_page.nsText == v then				-- if we find one
				no_tracking_cats = "true";				-- set no_tracking_cats
				break;									-- and we're done
			end
		end
	end

-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. 
	if is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
			Page = Page .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages');	-- add error message
			Pages = '';										-- unset the others
			At = '';
		end
	elseif is_set(Pages) then
		if is_set(At) then
			Pages = Pages .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages');	-- add error messages
			At = '';											-- unset
		end
	end	

-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
	if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
		PublicationPlace = Place;							-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end
	
	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end		-- don't need both if they are the same
	
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
	|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title

	|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped

All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
]]
	if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) then
		if is_set(Periodical) then					-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
			if is_set(Title) then
				if not is_set(Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;				-- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					Title = Periodical;
					Periodical = '';				-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';				-- redundant so unset
				end
			else									-- |title not set
				Title = Periodical;					-- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
				Periodical = '';					-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

--special cases for citation.
	if (config.CitationClass == "citation") then		-- for citation templates
		if not is_set (Ref) then						-- if |ref= is not set
			Ref = "harv";								-- set default |ref=harv
		end
		if not is_set (sepc) then						-- if |separator= is not set
			sepc = ',';									-- set citation separator to its default (comma)
		end
	else												-- not a citation template
		if not is_set (sepc) then						-- if |separator= has not been set
			sepc = '.';									-- set cite xxx separator to its default (period)
		end
	end

-- check for special case where |separator=none
	if 'none' == sepc:lower() then						-- if |separator=none
		sepc = '';										-- then set it to an empty string
	end

-- Special case for cite techreport.
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then	-- special case for cite techreport
		if is_set(Issue) then						-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
			if not is_set(ID) then					-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = Issue;							-- yes, use it
				Issue = "";							-- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
			else									-- can't use ID so emit error message
				ID = ID .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
			end
		end	
	end

-- special case for cite interview
	if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
		if is_set(Program) then
			ID = ' ' .. Program;
		end
		if is_set(Callsign) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
			end
		end
		if is_set(City) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. City;
			end
		end

		if is_set(Interviewer) then
			if is_set(TitleType) then
				Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Interviewer;
				TitleType = '';
			else
				Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Interviewer;
			end
			if is_set(Cointerviewers) then
				Others = Others .. sepc .. ' ' .. Cointerviewers;
			end
		else
			Others = '(Interview)';
		end
	end

--Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set
	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
		if not is_embargoed(Embargo) then
			URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC'];	-- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
			URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];		-- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
		end
	end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
--TODO: if this is only for {{cite conference}}, shouldn't we be checking? (if config.CitationClass=='conference' then ...)
	if is_set(BookTitle) then
		Chapter = Title;
		ChapterLink = TitleLink;
		TransChapter = TransTitle;
		Title = BookTitle;
		TitleLink = '';
		TransTitle = '';
	end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite episode}}, before generation of COinS data.
--[[	-- {{cite episode}} is not currently supported by this module
	if config.CitationClass == "episode" then
		local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
		local Season = A['Season'];
		local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};
		local Sep = (first_set(A["SeriesSeparator"], A["Separator"]) or "") .. " ";
		
		if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["episode"] .. " " .. Issue); Issue = ''; end
		if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["season"] .. " " .. Season); end
		if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["series"] .. " " .. SeriesNumber); end
		if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		
		Date = Date or AirDate;
		Chapter = Title;
		ChapterLink = TitleLink;
		TransChapter = TransTitle;
		Title = Series;
		TitleLink = SeriesLink;
		TransTitle = '';
		
		Series = table.concat(s, Sep);
		ID = table.concat(n, Sep);
	end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff]]

-- legacy: promote concatenation of |day=, |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
	if not is_set(Date) then
		Date = Year;						-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;							-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if is_set(Date) then
			local Month = A['Month'];
			if is_set(Month) then
				-- LOCAL
				if nil ~= string.find( frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true ) then
					get_month_number = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox').get_month_number
				else
					get_month_number = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation').get_month_number
				end
				month_number = get_month_number(Month)
				if month_number > 0 then
					if month_number < 10 then
						Month = '0' .. month_number
					else
						Month = month_number
					end
				else
					Month = string.rep('0', 2 - #Month) .. Month
				end
				-- END LOCAL
				Date = Date .. '-' .. Month; -- LOCAL
				local Day = A['Day']
				if is_set(Day) then Date = Date .. '-' .. string.rep('0', 2 - #Day) .. Day end -- LOCAL
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then	-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;			-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';			-- unset, no longer needed
		end
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end	-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation


--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.

Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
	anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['airdate']=AirDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
		['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});
	if is_set(error_message) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
	end

-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for
	-- automated parsing of citation information.
	local OCinSoutput = COinS{
		['Periodical'] = Periodical,
		['Chapter'] = Chapter,
		['Title'] = Title,
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date),		-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Page, Pages, At)),	-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
		['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
		['Authors'] = a,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	};

	if is_set(Periodical) and not is_set(Chapter) and is_set(Title) then
		Chapter = Title;
		ChapterLink = TitleLink;
		TransChapter = TransTitle;
		Title = '';
		TitleLink = '';
		TransTitle = '';
	end
--[[ Hide unfinished cite newsgroup code so that long delayed update can take place
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername and ID
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set (PublisherName) then
			PublisherName = '[Newsgroup]:&nbsp;' ..  externallink( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
		end
	end
]]


	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	if not is_set(Authors) then
		local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayAuthors'] );
		
		-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
		if not is_set(Maximum) and #a == 9 then 
			Maximum = 8;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('implict_etal_author', {}, true ) } );
		elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
			Maximum = #a + 1;
		end
			
		local control = { 
			sep = A["AuthorSeparator"] .. " ",
			namesep = (first_set(A["AuthorNameSeparator"], A["NameSeparator"]) or "") .. " ",
			format = A["AuthorFormat"],
			maximum = Maximum,
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp
		};
		
		-- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
		if is_set(Coauthors) then
			control.lastauthoramp = nil;
			control.maximum = #a + 1;
		end
		
		Authors = listpeople(control, a) 
	end

	if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then	-- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } );	-- emit error message
	end

	local EditorCount
	if not is_set(Editors) then
		local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayEditors'] );
		-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
		if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then 
			Maximum = 3;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
		elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
			Maximum = #e + 1;
		end

		local control = { 
			sep = A["EditorSeparator"] .. " ",
			namesep = (first_set(A["EditorNameSeparator"], A["NameSeparator"]) or "") .. " ",
			format = A['EditorFormat'],
			maximum = Maximum,
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp
		};

		Editors, EditorCount = listpeople(control, e);
	else
		EditorCount = 1;
	end

	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		if not is_set( Authors ) and is_set( PublisherName ) then
			Authors = PublisherName;
			PublisherName = "";
		end
		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if is_set( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase );
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if is_set( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end		
	end
	
	if  not is_set(URL) and
		not is_set(ChapterURL) and
		not is_set(ArchiveURL) and
		not is_set(ConferenceURL) and
		not is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		
		-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty 
		if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast"}) then	
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
		end
		
		-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
		if is_set(AccessDate) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
			AccessDate = '';
		end
		
		-- Test if format is given without giving a URL
		if is_set(Format) then
			Format = Format .. seterror( 'format_missing_url' );
		end
	end
	
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if  not is_set(Chapter) and
		not is_set(Title) and
		not is_set(Periodical) and
		not is_set(Conference) and
		not is_set(TransTitle) and
		not is_set(TransChapter) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	Format = is_set(Format) and " (" .. Format .. ")" or "";
	
	local OriginalURL = URL
	DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();
	if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
		if ( DeadURL ~= "no" ) then
			URL = ArchiveURL
			URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')
		end
	end
	
	-- Format chapter / article title

	-- LOCAL
	if not is_set(Language) or Language:lower() == 'zh' or Language:sub( 1, 3 ):lower() == 'zh-' then
		xLCFlags = 'zh;zh-hans;zh-hant'
	else
		xLCFlags = 'R'
	end
	if is_set(Chapter) then
		Chapter = '-{' .. xLCFlags .. '|' .. Chapter .. '}-'
	end
	if is_set(Title) then
		Title = '-{' .. xLCFlags .. '|' .. Title .. '}-'
	end
	-- END LOCAL

	if is_set(Chapter) and is_set(ChapterLink) then 
		Chapter = "[[" .. ChapterLink .. "|" .. Chapter .. "]]";
	end
	if is_set(Periodical) and is_set(Title) then
		Chapter = wrap( 'italic-title', Chapter );
		TransChapter = wrap( 'trans-italic-title', TransChapter );
	else
		Chapter = kern_quotes (Chapter);				-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
		Chapter = wrap( 'quoted-title', Chapter );
		TransChapter = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransChapter );
	end
	
	local TransError = ""
	if is_set(TransChapter) then
		if not is_set(Chapter) then
			TransError = " " .. seterror( 'trans_missing_chapter' );
		else
			TransChapter = " " .. TransChapter;
		end
	end
	
	Chapter = Chapter .. TransChapter;
	
	if is_set(Chapter) then
		if not is_set(ChapterLink) then
			if is_set(ChapterURL) then
				Chapter = externallink( ChapterURL, Chapter ) .. TransError;
				if not is_set(URL) then
					Chapter = Chapter .. Format;
					Format = "";
				end
			elseif is_set(URL) then 
				Chapter = externallink( URL, Chapter ) .. TransError .. Format;
				URL = "";
				Format = "";
			else
				Chapter = Chapter .. TransError;
			end			
		elseif is_set(ChapterURL) then
			Chapter = Chapter .. " " .. externallink( ChapterURL, nil, ChapterURLorigin ) .. 
				TransError;
		else
			Chapter = Chapter .. TransError;
		end
		if is_set(Title) and is_zh(Title) then -- LOCAL
			Chapter = Chapter .. '//' -- LOCAL
		else -- LOCAL
			Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. " " -- with end-space
		end -- LOCAL
	elseif is_set(ChapterURL) then
		Chapter = " " .. externallink( ChapterURL, nil, ChapterURLorigin ) .. sepc .. " ";
	end		
	
	-- Format main title.
	if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
		Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
	end
	
	if is_set(Periodical) then
		Title = kern_quotes (Title);				-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
		Title = wrap( 'quoted-title', Title );
		TransTitle = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
--[[ Hide unfinished cite newsgroup code so that long delayed update can take place
	elseif inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","pressrelease","conference","podcast","newsgroup"}) and
]]	elseif inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","pressrelease","conference","podcast"}) and
			not is_set(Chapter) then
		Title = kern_quotes (Title);				-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
		Title = wrap( 'quoted-title', Title );
		TransTitle = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	else
		Title = wrap( 'italic-title', Title );
		TransTitle = wrap( 'trans-italic-title', TransTitle );
	end
	
	TransError = "";
	if is_set(TransTitle) then
		if not is_set(Title) then
			TransError = " " .. seterror( 'trans_missing_title' );
		else
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		end
	end
	
	Title = Title .. TransTitle;
	
	if is_set(Title) then
		if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then 
			Title = externallink( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format	   
			URL = "";
			Format = "";
		else
			Title = Title .. TransError;
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap( 'written', Place, use_lowercase ) .. sepc .. " ";
	end
	
	if is_set(Conference) then
		if is_set(ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = externallink( ConferenceURL, Conference );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference
	elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. externallink( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
	end
	
	if not is_set(Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		if is_set(Minutes) then
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			local Time = A['Time'];
			if is_set(Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end
	
	if not is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) then
			if is_set(Periodical) and
				not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
				Pages = ": " .. Pages;
			elseif config.CitationClass == "news" then -- LOCAL
				Pages = ": (" .. Pages .. ")" -- LOCAL
			elseif config.CitationClass == "book" then -- LOCAL
				Pages = ": " .. Pages -- LOCAL
			elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
				Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages .. PSuffix; -- LOCAL
			else
				Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages .. PPSuffix; -- LOCAL
			end
		end
	else
		if is_set(Periodical) and
			not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
			Page = ": " .. Page;
		elseif config.CitationClass == "news" then -- LOCAL
			Page = ": (" .. Page .. ")" -- LOCAL
		elseif config.CitationClass == "book" then -- LOCAL
			Page = ": " .. Page -- LOCAL
		else
			Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page .. PSuffix; -- LOCAL
		end
	end
	
	At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Section = A['Section'];
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		if first_set( Pages, Page, At ) ~= nil or sepc ~= '.' then
			if is_set( Section ) then
				Section = ", " .. wrap( 'section', Section, true );
			end
			if is_set( Inset ) then
				Inset = ", " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, true );
			end
		else
			if is_set( Section ) then
				Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'section', Section, use_lowercase );
				if is_set( Inset ) then
					Inset = ", " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, true );
				end
			elseif is_set( Inset ) then
				Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, use_lowercase );
			end			
		end			
		At = At .. Section .. Inset;		
	end	

	--[[Look in the list of iso639-1 language codes to see if the value provided in the language parameter matches one of them.  If a match is found, 
	use that value; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
	
	Categories are assigned in a manner similar to the {{xx icon}} templates - categorizes only mainspace citations and only when the language code is not 'en' (English).
	]]
	if is_set (Language) then
--		local name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( Language:lower(), "en" );	-- experiment: this seems to return correct ISO 639-1 language names
		local name = cfg.iso639_1[Language:lower()];		-- get the language name if Language parameter has a valid iso 639-1 code
		if nil == name then
			-- LOCAL
			local langNameInLang = mw.getContentLanguage():getCode()
			local languageCode = Language:lower()
			if languageCode:sub( 1, 3 ) == 'zh-' then
				langNameInLang = languageCode
			end
			local languageName = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( languageCode, langNameInLang )
			if languageName ~= '' then
				Language = languageName
			end
			-- END LOCAL
			Language=" " .. wrap( 'language', Language );	-- no match, use parameter's value
		else
			if 0 == this_page.namespace and 'en' ~= Language:lower() then	--found a match; is this page main / article space and English not the language?
				Language=" " .. wrap( 'language', name .. '[[Category:Articles with ' .. name .. '-language external links]]' );	-- in main space and not English: categorize
			else
				Language=" " .. wrap( 'language', name );	--not in mainspace or language is English so don't categorize
			end
		end
	else
		Language="";	-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	end

	Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values

	if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "podcast", "pressrelease", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then	-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
		end
	end

	if is_set(TitleType) then					-- if type parameter is specified
		 -- LOCAL TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")";	-- display it in parentheses
		TitleType = ", " .. TitleType; -- LOCAL
	end

	TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	Edition = is_set(Edition) and (" " .. wrap( 'edition', Edition )) or "";
	Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
	Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
	OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
	Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";

	if is_set(Volume) then
		if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
		  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
		  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphentodash(Volume) .. "</b>";
		end
	end

--[[ This code commented out while discussion continues until after week of 2014-03-23 live module update;
	if is_set(Volume) then
		if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
		  then Volume = sepc .. " " .. Volume;
		  else
			  Volume = " <b>" .. hyphentodash(Volume) .. "</b>";
			  if is_set(Series) then Volume = sepc .. Volume;
			  end
		end
	end
]]	
	------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
	--[[ Loosely mimic {{subscription required}} template; Via parameter identifies a delivery source that is not the publisher; these sources often, but not always, exist
	behind a registration or paywall.  So here, we've chosen to decouple via from subscription (via has never been part of the registration required template).
	
	Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
	]]
	if is_set(Via) then
		Via = " " .. wrap( 'via', Via );
	end

	if is_set(SubscriptionRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; --here when 'via' parameter not used but 'subscription' is
	elseif is_set(RegistrationRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; --here when 'via' and 'subscription' parameters not used but 'registration' is
	end

	if is_set(AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end
		AccessDate = '<span class="reference-accessdate">' -- LOCAL .. sepc
			.. substitute( retrv_text, {AccessDate} ) .. '</span>'
	end
	
	if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
		ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
	end

	
	ID_list = buildidlist( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo} );

	if is_set(URL) then
		URL = " " .. externallink( URL, nil, URLorigin );
	end

	if is_set(Quote) then
		if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
			Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
		end
		Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap( 'quoted-text', Quote ); 
		PostScript = "";							-- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	local Archived
	if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
		if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
			ArchiveDate = seterror('archive_missing_date');
		end
		if "no" == DeadURL then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
				{ externallink( ArchiveURL, arch_text ), ArchiveDate } );
			if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
				Archived = Archived .. " " .. seterror('archive_missing_url');							   
			end
		elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
				{ externallink( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ), ArchiveDate } );
		else
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = substitute( arch_text, 
				{ seterror('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); -- LOCAL
		end
	else
		Archived = ""
	end
	
	local Lay
	if is_set(LayURL) then
		if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
		if is_set(LaySource) then 
			LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safeforitalics(LaySource) .. "''";
		else
			LaySource = "";
		end
		if sepc == '.' then
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
		else
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
		end			
	else
		Lay = "";
	end
	
	if is_set(Transcript) then
		if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, Transcript ); end
	elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
	end
	
	local Publisher;
	if is_set(Periodical) and
		not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
			else
				Publisher = PublisherName;  
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher= PublicationPlace;
		else 
			Publisher = "";
		end
		--[[ LOCAL
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			if is_set(Publisher) then
				Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap( 'published', PublicationDate );
			else
				Publisher = PublicationDate;
			end
		end
		]]
		if is_set(Publisher) then
			Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
		end
	else
		--[[ LOCAL
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap( 'published', PublicationDate ) .. ")";
		end
		]]
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName -- LOCAL .. PublicationDate;
			else
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName -- LOCAL .. PublicationDate;  
			end			
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then 
			Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace -- LOCAL .. PublicationDate;
		else 
			Publisher = '' -- LOCAL PublicationDate;
		end
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'italic-title', Periodical ) 
		else 
			Periodical = wrap( 'italic-title', Periodical )
		end
	end

--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then				-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = " (Speech)";							-- annotate the citation
		if is_set (Periodical) then							-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if is_set (Conference) then						-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";		-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon
	if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
		tcommon = safejoin( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series, 
			Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); -- LOCAL removal: Volume, Issue, Language
	else 
		tcommon = safejoin( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series, 
			Volume, Issue, Others, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); -- LOCAL removal: Language
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safejoin( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end

	-- LOCAL
	local xDate = Date
	local pgtext = Page .. Pages .. At
	if ( is_set(Periodical) and Date ~= '' and
		not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web"}) )
		or ( inArray(config.CitationClass, {"book","news"}) ) then
		if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and ( Volume ~= '' or Issue ~= '' ) then
			xDate = xDate .. ',' .. Volume .. Issue
		end
		xDate = xDate .. pgtext
		pgtext = ''
	end
	if PublicationDate and PublicationDate ~= '' then
		xDate = xDate .. ' (' .. PublicationDate .. ')'
	end
	if OrigYear ~= '' then
		xDate = xDate .. OrigYear
	end
	if AccessDate ~= '' then
		xDate = xDate .. ' ' .. AccessDate
	end
	if xDate ~= '' then
		xDate = sepc .. ' ' .. xDate
	end
	-- END LOCAL
	
	local idcommon = safejoin( { URL, xDate, ID_list, Archived, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Language, Quote }, sepc ); -- LOCAL
	local text;
	-- LOCAL local pgtext = Position .. Page .. Pages .. At;
	
	if is_set(Authors) then
		if is_set(Coauthors) then
			Authors = Authors .. A['AuthorSeparator'] .. " " .. Coauthors
		end
		--[[ LOCAL if is_set(Date) then
			Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
		else]]if string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
			Authors = Authors .. " "
		else
			Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
		end
		if is_set(Editors) then
			local ed_is_zh = is_zh( Editors ) -- LOCAL
			local in_text = ed_is_zh and '' or "In " -- LOCAL
			local in_text = " ";
			local post_text = "";
			if is_set(Chapter) then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
			else
				if EditorCount <= 1 then
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
				else
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
				end
			end 
			if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
			Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
			if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc)
				or ed_is_zh -- LOCAL
				then Editors = Editors .. " "
				else Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " "
			end
			-- LOCAL
			if ed_is_zh then
				Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['in'] .. sepc .. ' '
			end
			-- END LOCAL
		end
		text = safejoin( {Authors, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc ); -- LOCAL removal: Date
		text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	elseif is_set(Editors) then
		--[[ LOCAL
		if is_set(Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
			Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
		else ]]
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		-- LOCAL end
		text = safejoin( {Chapter, Editors, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
		text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		--[[ LOCAL
		if is_set(Date) then
			if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
			  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
			  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
			end
		end ]]
		if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
			text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
			text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); -- LOCAL
		else
			text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc ); -- LOCAL
			text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safejoin( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
--		text = text:sub(1,-2);	--Remove final separator (assumes that sepc is only one character)
	end	
	
	text = safejoin( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
	local options = {};
	
	if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
		options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;
	else
		options.class = "citation";
	end
	
	if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
		local id = Ref
		if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
			local names = {} --table of last names & year
			if #a > 0 then
				for i,v in ipairs(a) do 
					names[i] = v.last 
					if i == 4 then break end
				end
			elseif #e > 0 then
				for i,v in ipairs(e) do 
					names[i] = v.last 
					if i == 4 then break end				
				end
			end
			names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year);	-- Year first for legacy citations
			id = anchorid(names)
		end
		options.id = id;
	end
	
	if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
		z.error_categories = {};
		text = seterror('empty_citation');
		z.message_tail = {};
	end
	
	if is_set(options.id) then 
		text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
	else
		text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
	end		

	local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
	
	-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
	local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
	text = text .. OCinS;
	
	if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
		text = text .. " ";
		for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
			if is_set(v[1]) then
				if i == #z.message_tail then
					text = text .. errorcomment( v[1], v[2] );
				else
					text = text .. errorcomment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
				end
			end
		end
	end
	
	no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
	if inArray(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
		for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
	end
	
	return text
end

-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
function z.citation(frame)
	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	
	if nil ~= string.find( frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true ) then				-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
		cfg = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox' );	-- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox' );
		dates = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox').dates	-- ... sandbox version of date validation code
	else																	-- otherwise
		cfg = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' );			-- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' );
		dates = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation').dates		-- ... live version of date validation code
	end
	
	local args = {};
	local suggestions = {};
	local error_text, error_state;

	local config = {};
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
		config[k] = v;
		args[k] = v;	   
	end	

	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
		if v ~= '' then
			if not validate( k ) then			
				error_text = "";
				if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
					-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = seterror( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
					end
				elseif validate( k:lower() ) then 
					error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
				else
					if #suggestions == 0 then
						suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
					end
					if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
					else
						error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
					end
				end				  
				if error_text ~= '' then
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
				end				
			end
			args[k] = v;
		elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
			args[k] = v;
		end		
	end	
	
	return citation0( config, args, frame ) -- LOCAL
end

return z